blob: 5c03be79187a09321abd5e618f2312e5e6fcb548 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk8c831282012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000121
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000125
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russcbfce1d2011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000366 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
367
368 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
369 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
370 compliance, among other possible reasons.
371
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
373
374 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
375 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
376 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
377
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500378 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
379
380 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
381 tree nodes for the given platform.
382
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000383 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
384
385 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
386 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
387 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
388 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
389 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
390 purpose.
391
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
393
394 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
395 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
399 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
400
401 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
402 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
403
404 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
405 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
406 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
407 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
408
409 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
410 this erratum.
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000417- Generic CPU options:
418 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
419
420 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
421 values is arch specific.
422
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100423- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100425
426 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
428 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200430 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200431
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100432 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
433 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200434 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100435 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200437- MIPS CPU options:
438 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
439
440 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
441 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
442 relocation.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
445
446 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
447 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
448 Possible values are:
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
451 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
452 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
453 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
456 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
459
460 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
461 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
462
463 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
464
465 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
466 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
467 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
468
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000469- ARM options:
470 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
471
472 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
473 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
474
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000475 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
476
477 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
478 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
479 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
480 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
481 GCC.
482
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000483- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000484 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
485
486 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
487 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
488 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
489 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
490 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
491 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
492 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000493 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100494 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000495 default environment.
496
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000497 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
498
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200499 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000500 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
501 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
502
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200504
505 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400506 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
507 concepts).
508
509 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
510 * New libfdt-based support
511 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500512 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400513
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200514 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
515 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
516 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
517 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200518 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600519 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200520
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200521 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
522 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500523
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600524 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
525
526 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
527 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500529 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
530
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200531 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500532 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
533
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200534 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
535
536 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
537 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
538 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
539 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
540 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
541 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
542
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000543 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
544
545 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
546 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
547 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
548 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
549 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
550 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
551 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
552
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100553- vxWorks boot parameters:
554
555 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
556 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
557 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
558
559 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
560 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
561 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
562 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
565
566 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
567
568 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
569 the defaults discussed just above.
570
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000571- Cache Configuration:
572 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
573 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
574 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
575
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000576- Cache Configuration for ARM:
577 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
578 controller
579 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
580 controller register space
581
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200583 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000584
585 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
586
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200587 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000588
589 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
590
591 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
592
593 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
594 the clock speed of the UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
599 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
600 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
601
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
603
604 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
605 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
606 this variable to initialize the extra register.
607
608 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
609
610 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
611 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
612 variable to flush the UART at init time.
613
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000615- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000616 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
617 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
618 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
619 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620
621 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
622 port routines must be defined elsewhere
623 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
624
625 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
626 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000627 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000628 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
629 (default big endian)
630 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
631 rectangle fill
632 (cf. smiLynxEM)
633 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
634 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
635 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
636 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000637 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
638 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
640 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000641 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000642 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
643 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
644 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
645 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
646 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
647 (i.e. i8042_getc)
648 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
649 (requires blink timer
650 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200651 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000652 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
653 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500654 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000655 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
656 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000657 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
658 linux_logo.h for logo.
659 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000660 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200661 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000662 the logo
663
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000664 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
665 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
666 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
667
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000668 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
669 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
670 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000671
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000672 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
673 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
674 the "silent" environment variable. See
675 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000676
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677- Console Baudrate:
678 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
679 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200680 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
681 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100683- Console Rx buffer length
684 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
685 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100686 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100687 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
688 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
689 the SMC.
690
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
693 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
694 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
695 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
696 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
697 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
698 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200699 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200700 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000701
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200702 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
703 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000704
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000705- Safe printf() functions
706 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
707 the printf() functions. These are defined in
708 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
709 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
710 If this option is not given then these functions will
711 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
712 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
713
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000714- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
715 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
716 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000717 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
718 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719
720 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
721 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
722 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
723 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
724 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
725 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
726 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
727 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
728 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
729 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
730 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
731 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
732
733- Autoboot Command:
734 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
735 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
736 define a command string that is automatically executed
737 when no character is read on the console interface
738 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
739
740 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000741 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
742 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
743 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000744
745 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000746 The value of these goes into the environment as
747 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
748 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200749 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750
751- Pre-Boot Commands:
752 CONFIG_PREBOOT
753
754 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
755 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
756 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
757 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
758 entering interactive mode.
759
760 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
761 automatically generated or modified. For an example
762 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
763 modified when the user holds down a certain
764 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
765 booting the systems
766
767- Serial Download Echo Mode:
768 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
769 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
770 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
771 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
772 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
773 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
774 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
775
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
778 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200779 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000780
781- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500782 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
783 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000784 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
785 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500786 and augmenting with additional #define's
787 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000788
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 The default command configuration includes all commands
790 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000791
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500792 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500793 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
794 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
795 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
796 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
797 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
798 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
799 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500800 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
802 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
803 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600804 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
805 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
806 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
807 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
809 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
812 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000814 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
815 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000818 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
820 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
821 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000823 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
825 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
826 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
827 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
828 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
829 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000831 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
833 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
834 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
835 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysingerfc6508a2010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000837 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
838 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
840 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400841 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
842 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
844 loop, loopw, mtest
845 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
846 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
847 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100848 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
850 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600851 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000852 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500853 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
854 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
855 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
856 host
857 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
858 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
859 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
860 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
861 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
862 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
863 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
864 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
865 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700866 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Holler37ef5392011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100867 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400868 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200869 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500870 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000871 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000872 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
874 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500876 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000877 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
880 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
881 support you can write:
882
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
884 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400886 Other Commands:
887 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888
889 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000891 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
892 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
893 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
894 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
895 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
896 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
898
899 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
900
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000901- Device tree:
902 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
903 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
904 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
905 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
906 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
907 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
908
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000909 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
910 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000911
912 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
913 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
914 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
915 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
916 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
917 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000918
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000919 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
920 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
921 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
922 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
923
924 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
925
926 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
927 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
928 still use the individual files if you need something more
929 exotic.
930
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931- Watchdog:
932 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
933 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000934 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
935 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
936 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
937 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
938 available, then no further board specific code should
939 be needed to use it.
940
941 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
942 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
943 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
944 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000946- U-Boot Version:
947 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
948 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
949 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
950 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200951 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
952 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000953
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954- Real-Time Clock:
955
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000957 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
958 following options:
959
960 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
961 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000962 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000963 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000964 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000966 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000967 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100968 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000969 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200970 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200971 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
972 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000974 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
975 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
976
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600977- GPIO Support:
978 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
979 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
980
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000981 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
982 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
983 pins supported by a particular chip.
984
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600985 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
986 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
987
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000988- Timestamp Support:
989
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000990 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
991 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
992 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500993 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000995- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
996 Zero or more of the following:
997 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
998 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
999 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1000 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1001 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1002 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1003 disk/part_efi.c
1004 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001006 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1007 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001008 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001009
1010- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001011 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1012 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001014 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1015 be performed by calling the function
1016 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1017 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018
1019- ATAPI Support:
1020 CONFIG_ATAPI
1021
1022 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1023
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001024- LBA48 Support
1025 CONFIG_LBA48
1026
1027 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001028 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001029 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1030 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001032 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001033 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1034 Default is 32bit.
1035
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001036- SCSI Support:
1037 At the moment only there is only support for the
1038 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1039 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001041 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1042 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1043 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1045 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001046 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001048 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1049 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1050
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001051- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001052 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001053 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1054
1055 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1056 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1057 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1058 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1059
1060 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1061 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1062 example with the "sspi" command.
1063
1064 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1065 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1066 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001067
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001068 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001069 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001071 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1072 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001073 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001074 write routine for first time initialisation.
1075
1076 CONFIG_TULIP
1077 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1078 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1079 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1080
1081 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1082 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1083
1084 CONFIG_NS8382X
1085 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1086
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001087- NETWORK Support (other):
1088
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001089 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1090 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1091
1092 CONFIG_RMII
1093 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1094
1095 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1096 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1097 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1098
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001099 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1100 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1101
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001102 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001103 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1104
1105 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1106 Define this to hold the physical address
1107 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1108
1109 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1110 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1111
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001112 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001113 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1114
1115 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1116 Define this to hold the physical address
1117 of the device (I/O space)
1118
1119 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1120 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1121
1122 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1123 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1124 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1125
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001126 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1127 Support for davinci emac
1128
1129 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1130 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1131
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001132 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1133 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1134
1135 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1136 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1137 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1138 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1139 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1140 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1141 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1142 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1143
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001144 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001145 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1146
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001147 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001148 Define this to hold the physical address
1149 of the device (I/O space)
1150
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001151 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001152 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1153
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001154 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001155 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1156 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001157 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001158
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001159 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1160 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1161
1162 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1163 Define the number of ports to be used
1164
1165 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1166 Define the ETH PHY's address
1167
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001168 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1169 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1170
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001171- TPM Support:
1172 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1173 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1174 per system is supported at this time.
1175
1176 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1177 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1178 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1179 0xfed40000.
1180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001181- USB Support:
1182 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001183 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001184 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1185 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001186 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187 storage devices.
1188 Note:
1189 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1190 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001191 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1192 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1193 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001194 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1195 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001196 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1197 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1198 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001199 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1200 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001201 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001202 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1203 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001204
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001205 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1206 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1207
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001208- USB Device:
1209 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1210 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1211 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001212 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001213 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1214 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001215 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001216 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1217 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1218 a Linux host by
1219 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1220 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1221 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1222 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001223
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001224 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1225 Define this to build a UDC device
1226
1227 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1228 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1229 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001230
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301231 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1232 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1233 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1234 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1235 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1236 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1237 speed.
1238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001239 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001240 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1241 be set to usbtty.
1242
1243 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001244 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001245 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001246 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001247
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001248 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001249 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001250 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001251
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001252 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001254 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001255 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1256 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1257 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1258
1259 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1260 Define this string as the name of your company for
1261 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001262
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001263 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1264 Define this string as the name of your product
1265 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001267 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1268 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1269 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1270 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1271 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001272
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001273 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1274 Define this as the unique Product ID
1275 for your device
1276 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001277
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001278- ULPI Layer Support:
1279 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1280 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1281 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1282 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1283 viewport is supported.
1284 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1285 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001286 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1287 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1288 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001289
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001290- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001291 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1292 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1293 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001294 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001295 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1296 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001297
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001298 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1299 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1300
1301 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1302 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1303
1304 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1305 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1306
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001307- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1308 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1309 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1310 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001312 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1313 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001314 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001317 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1318 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1319
1320 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001321 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001322 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1323 have not defined a custom partition
1324
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001325- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1326 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001327
1328 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1329 file in FAT formatted partition.
1330
1331 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1332 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001333
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001334CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1335 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1336
1337 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1338 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1339 and cbfsload.
1340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341- Keyboard Support:
1342 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1343
1344 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1345 support
1346
1347 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1348 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1349 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1350 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1351 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1352
1353- Video support:
1354 CONFIG_VIDEO
1355
1356 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1357 video).
1358
1359 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1360
1361 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1362
1363 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001364 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001365 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1366 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1367 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001368
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001369 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001370 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001371 are possible:
1372 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001373 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001374
1375 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1376 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1377 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1378 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1379 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1380 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1381 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1383
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001384 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001385 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001386
1387
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001388 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001389 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001390 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1391 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1392
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001393 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001394 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001395 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1396 support, and should also define these other macros:
1397
1398 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1399 CONFIG_VIDEO
1400 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1401 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1402 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1403 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1404 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1405 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1406
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001407 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1408 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1409 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1410 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001411
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001412- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001413 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001414
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001415 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1416 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1417 defined in your board-specific files.
1418 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001419
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1421
1422 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1423 display); also select one of the supported displays
1424 by defining one of these:
1425
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001426 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1427
1428 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1429
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001430 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001431
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001432 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001433
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001434 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1435
1436 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1437 Active, color, single scan.
1438
1439 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001440
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001441 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001442 Active, color, single scan.
1443
1444 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1445
1446 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1447 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1448
1449 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1450
1451 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1452 Active, color, single scan.
1453
1454 CONFIG_HLD1045
1455
1456 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1457 Active, color, single scan.
1458
1459 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1460
1461 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1462 or
1463 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1464 or
1465 Hitachi SP14Q002
1466
1467 320x240. Black & white.
1468
1469 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001470 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001471
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001472
1473 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1474
1475 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1476 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1477 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1478 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1479 a per-section basis.
1480
1481
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001482- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001483
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001484 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1485 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1486 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001487 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001488 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1489 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1490 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1491 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001492
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001493 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1494
1495 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1496 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1497 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1498 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1499 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1500 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1501
1502 Example:
1503 setenv splashpos m,m
1504 => image at center of screen
1505
1506 setenv splashpos 30,20
1507 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1508
1509 setenv splashpos -10,m
1510 => vertically centered image
1511 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1512
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001513- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1514
1515 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1516 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1517 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1518
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001519- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1520
1521 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1522 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1523 bmp command.
1524
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001525- Do compresssing for memory range:
1526 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1527
1528 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1529 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1530
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001531- Compression support:
1532 CONFIG_BZIP2
1533
1534 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1535 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1536 compressed images are supported.
1537
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001538 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001539 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001540 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001541
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001542 CONFIG_LZMA
1543
1544 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1545 images is included.
1546
1547 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1548 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1549 formula:
1550
1551 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1552
1553 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1554 and Literal pos bits.
1555
1556 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1557 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1558 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1559 a very small buffer.
1560
1561 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1562 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001563 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001564
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001565- MII/PHY support:
1566 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1567
1568 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1569
1570 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1571
1572 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1573
1574 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1575
1576 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001577 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001578
1579 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1580
1581 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1582 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1583 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1584 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1585
1586 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1587
1588 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1589 command issued before MII status register can be read
1590
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001591- Ethernet address:
1592 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001593 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001594 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1595 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001596 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1597 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001598
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001599 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1600 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001601 is not determined automatically.
1602
1603- IP address:
1604 CONFIG_IPADDR
1605
1606 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001607 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001608 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001609 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001610
1611- Server IP address:
1612 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1613
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001614 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001615 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001616 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001617
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001618 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1619
1620 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1621 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1622
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001623- Gateway IP address:
1624 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1625
1626 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1627 default router where packets to other networks are
1628 sent to.
1629 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1630
1631- Subnet mask:
1632 CONFIG_NETMASK
1633
1634 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1635 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1636 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1637 forwarded through a router.
1638 (Environment variable "netmask")
1639
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001640- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1641 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1642
1643 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1644 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001645 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001646 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1647 multicast group.
1648
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001649- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1650 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1651
1652 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1653 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1654 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1655 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1656 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1657 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1658 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1659 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001660 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001661
1662 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1663 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1664 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1665 4th and following
1666 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1667
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001668- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001669 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1670 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001671
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001672 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1673 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1674 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1675 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1676 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1677 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1678 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1679 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1680 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1681 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1682 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1683 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001684 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001685
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001686 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1687 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001688
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001689 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1690 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1691 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1692 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1693 is not available.
1694
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001695 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1696 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1697 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1698 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1699 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1700 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1701 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001702 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001703
1704 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1705 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1706 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001707 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001708 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1709 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001710
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001711 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1712
1713 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1714 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1715 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1716 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1717 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1718 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1719 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1720 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1721 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1722 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1723 this delay.
1724
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001725 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1726 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1727 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1728 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1729 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1730
1731 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1732
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001733 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001734 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001735
1736 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1737
1738 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1739
1740 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1741 of the device.
1742
1743 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1744
1745 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1746 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001747 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001748
1749 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1750
1751 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1752 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1753
1754 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1755
1756 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1757
1758 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1759
1760 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1761
1762 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1763
1764 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1765
1766 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1767
1768 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1769 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1770
1771 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1772
1773 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1774
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001775- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1776
1777 Several configurations allow to display the current
1778 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1779 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1780 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1781 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1782 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1783 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1784 feature in U-Boot.
1785
1786- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1787
1788 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1789 on those systems that support this (optional)
1790 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1791
1792- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1793
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001794 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001795 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001796 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001797
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001798 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001799 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001800 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1801 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001802 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001804 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001805
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001806 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001807 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1808 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001809
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001810 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001811 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001813 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001814 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001815 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001816 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001817
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001818 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001819 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001820 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1821 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1822 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001823
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001824 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1825
1826 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1827 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1828 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1829 commands until the slave device responds.
1830
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001831 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001832
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001833 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1834 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1835 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836
1837 I2C_INIT
1838
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001839 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001840 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001841
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001842 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001843
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001844 I2C_PORT
1845
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001846 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1847 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1848 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001849
1850 I2C_ACTIVE
1851
1852 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1853 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1854 define can be null.
1855
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001856 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1857
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001858 I2C_TRISTATE
1859
1860 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1861 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1862 define can be null.
1863
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001864 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1865
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001866 I2C_READ
1867
1868 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1869 FALSE if it is low.
1870
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001871 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1872
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001873 I2C_SDA(bit)
1874
1875 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1876 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1877
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001878 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001879 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001880 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001881
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882 I2C_SCL(bit)
1883
1884 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1885 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1886
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001888 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001889 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001890
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001891 I2C_DELAY
1892
1893 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1894 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001895 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001896 like:
1897
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001898 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001899
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001900 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1901
1902 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1903 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1904 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1905 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1906
1907 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1908 the generic GPIO functions.
1909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001910 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001911
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001912 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1913 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1914 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1915 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1916 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1917 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1918 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1919 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001920
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001921 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1922
1923 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1924 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1925 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1926 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1927 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1928 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1929 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1930 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1931
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001932 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1933
1934 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1935 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1936 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1937
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001938 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1939
1940 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001941 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1942 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001943 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001945 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001946
1947 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001948 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001949 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1950 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001951
1952 e.g.
1953 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001954 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001955
1956 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1957
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001958 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001959 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001960
1961 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1962
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001963 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001964
1965 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1966 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001968 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001969
1970 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1971 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001973 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001974
1975 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1976 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001978 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001979
1980 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1981 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1982 specified DTT device.
1983
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001984 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1985
1986 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001987 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001988
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001989 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1990
1991 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1992 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1993 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1994 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1995 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1996 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1997
1998 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1999 feature!
2000
2001 Example:
2002 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2003 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2004 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2005
2006 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2007
2008 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2009 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2010
2011 => i2c bus
2012 Busses reached over muxes:
2013 Bus ID: 2
2014 reached over Mux(es):
2015 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2016 Bus ID: 3
2017 reached over Mux(es):
2018 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2019 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2020 =>
2021
2022 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002023 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2024 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002025 the channel 4.
2026
2027 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jones9c5ef8d2011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002028 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher6ee861b2008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002029 the 2 muxes.
2030
2031 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2032 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2033 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2034 to add this option to other architectures.
2035
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002036 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2037
2038 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2039 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2040 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2041 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2042 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2043 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2044 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002045
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002046- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2047
2048 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2049 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2050 D/As on the SACSng board)
2051
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002052 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2053
2054 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2055 only SH7757 is supported.
2056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002057 CONFIG_SPI_X
2058
2059 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2060 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2061
2062 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2063
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002064 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2065 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2066 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2067 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2068 defined, the board configuration must define several
2069 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2070 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002072 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2073
2074 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2075 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2076 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002077 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002078 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2079
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002080 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2081
2082 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002083 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002084
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002085- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002086
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002087 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2088
2089 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2090
2091 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2092 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002094 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002096 Enables support for FPGA family.
2097 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2098
2099 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2100
2101 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002103 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002105 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002107 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002109 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2110 status by the configuration function. This option
2111 will require a board or device specific function to
2112 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002113
2114 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2115
2116 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2117 configuration driver.
2118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002119 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2121
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002122 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002124 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2125 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2126 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2127 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002129 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002131 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2132 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2133 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002136 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002138 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002139 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002141 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002142
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002143 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002144 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002145
2146- Configuration Management:
2147 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2148
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002149 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2150 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
2152- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2153
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002154 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2155 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002156 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002157 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2158 protects these variables from casual modification by
2159 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2160 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002161 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002162
2163 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2164 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002165 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002166 these parameters.
2167
2168 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2169 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002170 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2172 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2173 read-only.]
2174
2175- Protected RAM:
2176 CONFIG_PRAM
2177
2178 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2179 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2180 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2181 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2182 this default value by defining an environment
2183 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2184 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2185 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2186 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2187 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2188 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2189 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2190
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002191 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002192 saveenv
2193
2194 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2195 either, which results in a memory region that will
2196 not be affected by reboots.
2197
2198 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2199 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2200 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2201 following board configurations are known to be
2202 "pRAM-clean":
2203
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002204 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2205 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002206 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002207
2208- Error Recovery:
2209 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2210
2211 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2212 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2213 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002214 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2216 useful during development since you can try to debug
2217 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2218
2219 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2220
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002221 This variable defines the number of retries for
2222 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2223 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2224 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002226 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2227
2228 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2229
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002230 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2231
2232 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2233 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2234 try longer timeout such as
2235 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002238 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002239
2240 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2241
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002242 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2243 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002244
2245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002246 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
2248 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2249 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2250 powerful command line syntax like
2251 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2252 constructs ("shell scripts").
2253
2254 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2255 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2256
2257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002258 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259
2260 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2261 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2262 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2263
2264 Note:
2265
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002266 In the current implementation, the local variables
2267 space and global environment variables space are
2268 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2269 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2270 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2271 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2272 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002274 Global environment variables are those you use
2275 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2276 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2277 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
2279 To store commands and special characters in a
2280 variable, please use double quotation marks
2281 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2282 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2283 symbols.
2284
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002285- Commandline Editing and History:
2286 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2287
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002288 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002289 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002290
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002291- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2293
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002294 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2295 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002296 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002297
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002298 For example, place something like this in your
2299 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
2301 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2302 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2303 "myvar2=value2\0"
2304
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002305 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2306 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2307 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2308 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002309 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310 You better know what you are doing here.
2311
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002312 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2313 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002314 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002315 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002317 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2318
2319 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2320 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2321 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2322
2323 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2324
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2328 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2330
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002331 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2332
2333 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2334 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2335 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2336
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002337- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002338 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2339
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002340 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2341 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2342 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002343
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002344- Serial Flash support
2345 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2346
2347 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2348 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2349
2350 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2351 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2352 commands.
2353
2354 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2355 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2356 flash is present on the system.
2357
2358 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2359 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2360 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2361 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2362
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002363- SystemACE Support:
2364 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2365
2366 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2367 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002368 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002369 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002370
2371 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002372 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002373
2374 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2375 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2376
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002377- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2378 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2379
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002380 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002381 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002382 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002383 number generator is used.
2384
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002385 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2386 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2387 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2388
2389 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002390 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2391 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2392 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2393 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2394 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2395 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2396
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002397- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2399
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002400 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2401 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2402 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2403 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2404 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2405 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002406
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002407- Detailed boot stage timing
2408 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2409 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2410 of the boot process.
2411
2412 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2413 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2414 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2415 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2416 the limit, recording will stop.
2417
2418 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2419 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2420
2421 Timer summary in microseconds:
2422 Mark Elapsed Stage
2423 0 0 reset
2424 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2425 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2426 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2427 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2428 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2429 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2430 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2431
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002432 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2433 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2434 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2435
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002436 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2437 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2438 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2439 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2440 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2441 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2442 For example:
2443
2444 bootstage {
2445 154 {
2446 name = "board_init_f";
2447 mark = <3575678>;
2448 };
2449 170 {
2450 name = "lcd";
2451 accum = <33482>;
2452 };
2453 };
2454
2455 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2456
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002457Legacy uImage format:
2458
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459 Arg Where When
2460 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002461 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002463 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002464 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002465 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2467 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2468 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002469 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2471 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2472 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2473 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002474 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002476
2477 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2478 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2479 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2480 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2481 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2482 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2483 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002484 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002485 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2486 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2487
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002488 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002490 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002491 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2492 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002493
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002494 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2495 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2496 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2497 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2498 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2499 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2500 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2501 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2502 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2503 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2504 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2505 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2506 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2507 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2508 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2509 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2510 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2511 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2512 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2513 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2514 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2515 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2516 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2517 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2518 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2519 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2520 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2521 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2522 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2523 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2524 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2525 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2526 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2527 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2528 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2529 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2530 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2531 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2532 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2533 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2534 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2535 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2536 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2537 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2538 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2539 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2540 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002542 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002544 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002545 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2546 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002547
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002548 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2549 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002550 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002551 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2552 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2553 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002554 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2555 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002556 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002558FIT uImage format:
2559
2560 Arg Where When
2561 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2562 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2563 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2564 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2565 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2566 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002567 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002568 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2569 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2570 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2571 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2572 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002573 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2574 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002575 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2576 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2577 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2578 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2579 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2580 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2581 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2582 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2583
2584 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2585 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2586 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002587 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002588 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2589 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2590 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2591 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2592 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2593 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2594 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2595 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2596 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2597 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2598 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2599 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2600
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002601 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002602 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2603
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002604 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002605 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2606
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002607 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002608 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2609
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002610- Standalone program support:
2611 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2612
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002613 This option defines a board specific value for the
2614 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2615 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002616 settings.
2617
2618- Frame Buffer Address:
2619 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2620
2621 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2622 address for frame buffer.
2623 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2624 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002625 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002626
2627 Please see board_init_f function.
2628
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002629- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2630 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2631 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2632 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2633
2634 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2635 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2636
2637- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2638 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2639
2640 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2641 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2642
2643 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2644
2645 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2646 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2647
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002648- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002649 CONFIG_SPL
2650 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002651
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002652 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2653 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2654
2655 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2656 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2657
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002658 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2659 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002660
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002661 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2662 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2663
2664 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2665 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2666
2667 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2668 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2669
2670 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2671 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2672
2673 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2674 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002675
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002676 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2677 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2678 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2679 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2680
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002681 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2682 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2683 about the running system.
2684
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002685 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2686 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002687
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002688 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2689 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002690
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002691 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2692 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002693
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002694 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2695 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002696
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002697 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2698 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002699
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002700 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2701 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2702 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2703 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2704 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2705
2706 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2707 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2708
2709 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2710 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2711
2712 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2713 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2714
2715 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2716 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2717 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2718 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2719 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2720 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2721 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2722
2723 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2724 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2725 from.
2726
2727 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2728 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2729 to.
2730
2731 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2732 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2733 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2734
2735 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2736 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2737 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2738
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002739 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2740 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002741
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002742 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2743 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002744
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002745 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2746 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002747
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002748 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2749 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2750
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002751 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2752 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002753
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754Modem Support:
2755--------------
2756
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002757[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002759- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2761
2762- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2763 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2764
2765- Modem debug support:
2766 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2767
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002768 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2769 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002770
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002771- Interrupt support (PPC):
2772
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002773 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2774 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002775 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002776 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002777 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002778 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002779 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002780 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2781 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2782 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784- General:
2785
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002786 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2787 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2788 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002789 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002790 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2791 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2792 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002794 If there are no modem init strings in the
2795 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2796 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002797 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002798
2799 See also: doc/README.Modem
2800
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002801Board initialization settings:
2802------------------------------
2803
2804During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2805to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2806before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2807following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2808architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2809typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2810
2811- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2812- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2813- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2814- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002815
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002816Configuration Settings:
2817-----------------------
2818
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002819- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002820 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2821
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002822- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2823 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 prompt for user input.
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002830- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002834- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2836 booted
2837
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002838- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002841- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002842 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002844- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002845 If the board specific function
2846 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2847 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002850- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002851 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002853- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002856- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002857 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2858 simple memory test.
2859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002860- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002861 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002863- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002864 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2865 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002867- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2868 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002869 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002870 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002871 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2872 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2873 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002874 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002875 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002876 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002877
2878 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2879 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2880 be touched.
2881
2882 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2883 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2884 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2885 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2886 problems.
2887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002888- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002889 Default load address for network file downloads
2890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002894- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002897- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002898 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2899 Cogent motherboard)
2900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002901- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002904- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002905 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2906 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002907 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002908 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002910- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002911 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2912 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2913 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2914 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002916- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002917 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002920 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2921 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002922 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002923 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002925- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2927 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002928 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2929 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2930 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2931 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002932 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002933 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2934 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2935 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002936
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002937- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2938 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2939 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2940 is enabled.
2941
2942- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2943 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2944 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2945
2946- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2947 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2948 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002950- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002951 Max number of Flash memory banks
2952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002953- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002954 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2955
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002956- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002957 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002959- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002962- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002963 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2964
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002965- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002966 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002968- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002969 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2970 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002972- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973
2974 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2975 without this option such a download has to be
2976 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2977 copy from RAM to flash.
2978
2979 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2980 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002981 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2982 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002985- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002986 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002987 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002989- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002990 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2991 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002993- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2994 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2995 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2996 to the MTD layer.
2997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002998- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002999 Use buffered writes to flash.
3000
3001- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3002 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3003 write commands.
3004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003005- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003006 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3007 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3008 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3009 optionally available.
3010
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003011- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3012 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3013 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3014 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3015
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003016- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003017 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3018 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003019 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3020 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003021 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003022 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3023
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003024- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3025
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003026 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3027 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3028 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3029 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3030 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003031
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3033of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3034following configurations:
3035
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003036- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3037
3038 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3039 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003041- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042
3043 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3044
3045 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3046 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3047 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3048 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3049 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3050 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3051 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3052 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3053 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3054 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3055 between U-Boot and the environment.
3056
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003057 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003058
3059 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3060 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3061 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3062 for this sector is given here.
3063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003064 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003065
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003066 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003067
3068 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3069 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003070 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003072 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003073
3074 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3075
3076
3077 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3078 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3079 the environment.
3080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003081 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003083 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003084 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3086 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3087
3088 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3089 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3090 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3091 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3092 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3093 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3094 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3095 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3096 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003098 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3099 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003100
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003101 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003102 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003103 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003104 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105
3106BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3107source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3108accordingly!
3109
3110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003111- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003112
3113 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3114 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3115 environment.
3116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003117 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3118 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003119
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003120 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3122 can just be read and written to, without any special
3123 provision.
3124
3125BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3126in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003127console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128U-Boot will hang.
3129
3130Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3131environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3132keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3133to save the current settings.
3134
3135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003136- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137
3138 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3139 device and a driver for it.
3140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003141 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3142 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143
3144 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3145 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3149 The default address is zero.
3150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3153 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3154 would require six bits.
3155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003156 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003158 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003161 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3162 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003165 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3166 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3167 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3168 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3169 byte chips.
3170
3171 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3172 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3173 in the chip address.
3174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003175 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003176 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3177
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003178 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3179 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3180 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3181
3182 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3183 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3184 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3185 EEPROM. For example:
3186
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003187 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003188
3189 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3190 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003192- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003193
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003194 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003195 want to use for the environment.
3196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003197 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3198 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3199 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003200
3201 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3202 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3203 at the specified address.
3204
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003205- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3206
3207 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3208 want to use for the local device's environment.
3209
3210 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3211 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3212
3213 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3214 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3215 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003216 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003217
3218BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3219"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003220environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3221but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003223- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003224
3225 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3226 for the environment.
3227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003228 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3229 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003230
3231 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003232 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3233 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003234
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003235 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003237 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003238 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3239 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003240 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003241 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3242
3243 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3244
3245 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3246 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3247 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3248 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3249 the range to be avoided.
3250
3251 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003252
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003253 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3254 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3255 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3256 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3257 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003258
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003259- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3260
3261 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3262 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3263 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003266
3267 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3268 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3269 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3270 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3271 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3272 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3273 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3274
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003275Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003276has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003277created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003278until then to read environment variables.
3279
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003280The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3281is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3282with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3283necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3284"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3285have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003286
3287Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3288the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003289use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003291- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003292 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003294 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003295 also needs to be defined.
3296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003297- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003298 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003299
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003300- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3301 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3302 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3303 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3304 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3305 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3306
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003307Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003308---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003310- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003311 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3312
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003313- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003314 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003315
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003316 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3317 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3318 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003319
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003320- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3321 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3322 PowerPC SOCs.
3323
3324- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3325 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3326 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3327
3328 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3329 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3330
3331- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3332 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3333 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003334 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003335 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3336 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3337 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3338
3339 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3340 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3341
3342- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003343 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3344 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003345 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3346 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3347
3348- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3349 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3350 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3351 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3352
3353- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3354 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3355 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3356
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003357- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003358 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003359
3360 the default drive number (default value 0)
3361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003363
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003364 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003365 (default value 1)
3366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003367 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003368
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003369 defines the offset of register from address. It
3370 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003371 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003372
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003373 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3374 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003375 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003377 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003378 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3379 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3380 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3381 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003382
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003383- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3384 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3385 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3386 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3387 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3388 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3389 is requierd.
3390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003391- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003392 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003393 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003395- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003396
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003397 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3399 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3400 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3401 will become available only after programming the
3402 memory controller and running certain initialization
3403 sequences.
3404
3405 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3406 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3407 - MPC824X: data cache
3408 - PPC4xx: data cache
3409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003410- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
3412 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003413 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3414 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003415 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003416 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003417 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3418 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3419 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003420
3421 Note:
3422 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3423 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003424 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3426 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003428- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003430- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003432- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003434- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003436- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003440- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441 SDRAM timing
3442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003443- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444 periodic timer for refresh
3445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003446- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003448- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3449 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3450 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3451 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003452 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3453
3454- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003455 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3456 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003457 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3458
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003459- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3460 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003461 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3462 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003464- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3466 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003468- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003469 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3470 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3471
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003472- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3474 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3478 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3479 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003481- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003482 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3483 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3484 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3485 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3488 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3489 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3490 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3491 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3492 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3493 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3494 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003495 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003496
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003497- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3498 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3499 required.
3500
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003501- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3502 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3503 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3504 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3505 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3506 by coreboot or similar.
3507
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003508- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3509 Chip has SRIO or not
3510
3511- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3512 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3513
3514- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3515 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3516
3517- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3518 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3519
3520- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3521 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3522
3523- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3524 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3525
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003526- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3527 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3528 16 bit bus.
3529
3530- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3531 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3532 a default value will be used.
3533
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003534- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003535 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3536 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3537
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003538 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3539 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003542 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3543 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3544 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003545
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003546- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3547 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3548 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3549 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3550 header files or board specific files.
3551
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003552- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3553 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003556 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3557 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003558
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003559- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3560 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3561
3562- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3563 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003564 to the given FEC; i. e.
3565 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003566 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3567
3568 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3569
3570- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3571 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3572 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3573
3574- CONFIG_RMII
3575 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3576 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3577 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3578
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003579- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3580 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3581 The syntax is:
3582
3583 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3584
3585 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3586 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3587 area should have.
3588
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003589- CONFIG_LOOPW
3590 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003591 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003592
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003593- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3594 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3595 "md/mw" commands.
3596 Examples:
3597
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003598 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003599 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3600
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003601 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003602 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3603
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003604 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003605 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003606
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003607- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003608 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003609 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3610 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3611 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003612
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003613 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3614 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3615 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3616 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003617
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003618- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003619 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3620 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3621 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003622
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003623- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3624 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3625 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3626 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3627 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3628
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003629Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3630-----------------------------------
3631
3632The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3633loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3634This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3635are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3636within that device.
3637
3638- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3639 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3640 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3641 is also specified.
3642
3643- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3644 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3645 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3646 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3647 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3648
3649- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3650 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3651 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3652 virtual address in NOR flash.
3653
3654- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3655 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3656 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3657
3658- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3659 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3660 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3661
3662- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3663 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3664 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3665
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003666- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3667 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3668 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003669 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3670 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3671 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003672
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673Building the Software:
3674======================
3675
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003676Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3677and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3678all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3679(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3680recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3681which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003683If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3684have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3685you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3686Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3687necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003689 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3690 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003692Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3693 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3694 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3695 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3696
3697 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3698
3699 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3700 be executed on computers running Windows.
3701
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003702U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3703sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704is done by typing:
3705
3706 make NAME_config
3707
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003708where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003709rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003711Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3712 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3713 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3714 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003715 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003717 make TQM823L_config
3718 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003719
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003720 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3721 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003723 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003726Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3727images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003728
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003729- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3730- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3731- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003732
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003733By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3734in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3735this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3736
37371. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3738
3739 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3740 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3741 make O=/tmp/build all
3742
37432. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3744
3745 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3746 make distclean
3747 make NAME_config
3748 make all
3749
3750Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3751variable.
3752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003753
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003754Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3755for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3756native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003759If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3760to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3761steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037631. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003764 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3765 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037662. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3767 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3768 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
37693. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3770 your board
37713. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3772 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
37734. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
37745. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3775 to be installed on your target system.
37766. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3777 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003780Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3781==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003783If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3784or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003785provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3786the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003787official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003789But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3790cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003791the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3792just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003793for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3794select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3795environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3796you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003798 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003799
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003800or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003804When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3805U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3806setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3807built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3808<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3809location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3810variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003811
3812 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3813 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3814 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3815
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003816With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3817log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3818during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003819
3820
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003821See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003824Monitor Commands - Overview:
3825============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827go - start application at address 'addr'
3828run - run commands in an environment variable
3829bootm - boot application image from memory
3830bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003831bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003832tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3833 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3834 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003835tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003836rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3837diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3838loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3839loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3840md - memory display
3841mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3842nm - memory modify (constant address)
3843mw - memory write (fill)
3844cp - memory copy
3845cmp - memory compare
3846crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003847i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003848sspi - SPI utility commands
3849base - print or set address offset
3850printenv- print environment variables
3851setenv - set environment variables
3852saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3853protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3854erase - erase FLASH memory
3855flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3856bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3857iminfo - print header information for application image
3858coninfo - print console devices and informations
3859ide - IDE sub-system
3860loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003861loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003862mtest - simple RAM test
3863icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3864dcache - enable or disable data cache
3865reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3866echo - echo args to console
3867version - print monitor version
3868help - print online help
3869? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003872Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3873========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003875TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003877For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003878
3879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003880Environment Variables:
3881======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003883U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3884can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3887"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3888without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3889environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3890working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3891environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003893Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3894
3895List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003897 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003899 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003900
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003901 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003903 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003907 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3908 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3909 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3910 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3911 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3912 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003913 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3914 bootm_mapsize.
3915
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003916 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003917 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3918 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3919 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3920 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3921 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3922 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003923
3924 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3925 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3926 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3927 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3928 environment variable.
3929
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003930 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3931 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3932 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3933
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003934 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3935 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3936 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3937 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003939 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3940 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3941 be automatically started (by internally calling
3942 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003944 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3945 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3946 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3947 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3948 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003949
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003950 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3951 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003952 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3953 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3954 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3955 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3956 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3957 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3958 access it during the boot procedure.
3959
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003960 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3961 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3962 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3963 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3964 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3965 must be accessible by the kernel.
3966
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003967 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3968 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3969 defined.
3970
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003971 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3972 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3973 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3974 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3975 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003977 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3978 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3979 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3980 is usually what you want since it allows for
3981 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3982 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003983 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003984 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3985 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3986 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3987 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003989 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3990 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3991 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3992 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3993 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3994 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003996 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003998 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3999 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4000 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4001 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4002 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4003 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4004 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004005
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004006 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004008 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4009 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004011 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004015 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004017 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004021 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004023 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4024 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004026 => setenv ethact FEC
4027 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4028 => setenv ethact SCC
4029 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004030
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004031 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4032 available network interfaces.
4033 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4034
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004035 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4037 When set to "once" the network operation will
4038 fail when all the available network interfaces
4039 are tried once without success.
4040 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4041 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004043 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004044
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004045 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004046 UDP source port.
4047
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004048 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4049 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4050
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004051 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4052 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4053
4054 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4055 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4056 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4057 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4058 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4059 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4060 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4061
4062 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004063 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004064 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004065
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004066The following image location variables contain the location of images
4067used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4068not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4069variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4070server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4071loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4072flash or offset in NAND flash.
4073
4074*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4075boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4076boards use these variables for other purposes.
4077
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004078Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4079----- --------- ----------- --------------
4080u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4081Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4082device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4083ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004084
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4086updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4087depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004088
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089 bootfile - see above
4090 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4091 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4092 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4093 hostname - Target hostname
4094 ipaddr - see above
4095 netmask - Subnet Mask
4096 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4097 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004098
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4103 as type string and/or serial number
4104 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4107the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4108once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
4110
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4114 with the "version" command. This variable is
4115 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004117
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004118Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4119only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004120
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004121
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122Command Line Parsing:
4123=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004124
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004125There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4126the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004127
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128Old, simple command line parser:
4129--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004131- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4132- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004133- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4135 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004136 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4138 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140Hush shell:
4141-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004142
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4144 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4145 until...do...done, ...
4146- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4147 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4148 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4149 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004150
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151General rules:
4152--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004153
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004154(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4155 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4156 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4157 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004158
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004160 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4162 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004164Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4165=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004166
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004167Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004168such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4169"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004170
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4172MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4173"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004175If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4176in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4177ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4178variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004179
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004180o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4181 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004183o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4184 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4185 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004187o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4188 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004190o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4191 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4192 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004194o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4195 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004197If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004198will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004199may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4200The naming convention is as follows:
4201"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203Image Formats:
4204==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004206U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4207images in two formats:
4208
4209New uImage format (FIT)
4210-----------------------
4211
4212Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4213to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4214components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4215SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4216
4217
4218Old uImage format
4219-----------------
4220
4221Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4222preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4223details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4226 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004227 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4228 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4229 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004230* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004231 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4232 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4234* Load Address
4235* Entry Point
4236* Image Name
4237* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4240and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4241CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004243
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004244Linux Support:
4245==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004247Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4248easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4249U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004251U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4252special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4253"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4254instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4255serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4258 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4259 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004261- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4262 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4265 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4266 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4267 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4268 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4269 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272Linux HOWTO:
4273============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004274
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004275Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4276---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4279configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4280(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4281Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004283But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4286include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004287Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4288and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004289as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004290
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292Configuring the Linux kernel:
4293-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004295No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4296device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004297
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004298
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299Building a Linux Image:
4300-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004302With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4303not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4304"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4305U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4306which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4307100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004309Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004311 make TQM850L_config
4312 make oldconfig
4313 make dep
4314 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4317encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4318CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004320* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4325 -R .note -R .comment \
4326 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004327
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004329
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004332* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004333
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4335 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4336 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004339The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4340with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4341combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4342byte header containing information about target architecture,
4343operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4344stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4347print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004348
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4350contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4351checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004352
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353 tools/mkimage -l image
4354 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004355
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004356The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4357from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004358
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004359 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4360 -n name -d data_file image
4361 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4362 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4363 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4364 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4365 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4366 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4367 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4368 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004369
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004370Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4371address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4372kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4375- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004378
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004379 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4380 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004381 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004382 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4383 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4384 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4385 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4386 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4387 Load Address: 0x00000000
4388 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4393 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4394 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4395 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4396 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4397 Load Address: 0x00000000
4398 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4401speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4402needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4403need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004405 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004406 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4407 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004408 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4410 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4411 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4412 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4413 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4414 Load Address: 0x00000000
4415 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4419when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4422 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4423 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4424 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4425 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4426 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4427 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4428 Load Address: 0x00000000
4429 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004430
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432Installing a Linux Image:
4433-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004434
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4436you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004437
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004440The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4441image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4442address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4443specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4444command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004445
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4447TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004448
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004450
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004451 .......... done
4452 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454 => loads 40100000
4455 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4456 ~>examples/image.srec
4457 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4458 ...
4459 15989 15990 15991 15992
4460 [file transfer complete]
4461 [connected]
4462 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004465You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004466this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004468
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004469 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4472 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4473 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4474 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4475 Load Address: 00000000
4476 Entry Point: 0000000c
4477 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
4479
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480Boot Linux:
4481-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4484memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4485of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4486parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4487"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 => printenv bootargs
4491 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495 => printenv bootargs
4496 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 => bootm 40020000
4499 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4500 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4501 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4502 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4503 Load Address: 00000000
4504 Entry Point: 0000000c
4505 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4506 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4507 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4508 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4509 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4510 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4511 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4512 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004514If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4516format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004520 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4521 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4522 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4523 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4524 Load Address: 00000000
4525 Entry Point: 0000000c
4526 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004528 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4529 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4530 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4531 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4532 Load Address: 00000000
4533 Entry Point: 00000000
4534 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004536 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4537 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4538 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4539 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4540 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4541 Load Address: 00000000
4542 Entry Point: 0000000c
4543 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4544 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4545 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4546 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4547 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4548 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4549 Load Address: 00000000
4550 Entry Point: 00000000
4551 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4552 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4553 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4554 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4555 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4556 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4557 ...
4558 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4559 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004562
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004563Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4564-----------
4565
4566First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4567titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4568following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4569flat device tree:
4570
4571=> print oftaddr
4572oftaddr=0x300000
4573=> print oft
4574oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4575=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4576Speed: 1000, full duplex
4577Using TSEC0 device
4578TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4579Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4580Load address: 0x300000
4581Loading: #
4582done
4583Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4584=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4585Speed: 1000, full duplex
4586Using TSEC0 device
4587TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4588Filename 'uImage'.
4589Load address: 0x200000
4590Loading:############
4591done
4592Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4593=> print loadaddr
4594loadaddr=200000
4595=> print oftaddr
4596oftaddr=0x300000
4597=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4598## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004599 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4600 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4601 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004602 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004603 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004604 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4605 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4606Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4607Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4608Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4609[snip]
4610
4611
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004612More About U-Boot Image Types:
4613------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4618 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4619 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4620 the Standalone Program.
4621 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4622 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4623 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4624 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4625 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4626 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4627 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4628 being started.
4629 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4630 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4631 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4632 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4633 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4634 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4637 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4638 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4639 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4640 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4641 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4644 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4645 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4648 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4649 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4650 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004651
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004652Booting the Linux zImage:
4653-------------------------
4654
4655On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4656using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4657as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4658
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004659Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4660kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4661address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4662format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4663
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004664
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665Standalone HOWTO:
4666=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4669run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4670U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004673
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674"Hello World" Demo:
4675-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004676
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004677'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4678application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4679It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4680like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682 => loads
4683 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4684 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4685 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4686 [file transfer complete]
4687 [connected]
4688 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4691 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4692 Hello World
4693 argc = 7
4694 argv[0] = "40004"
4695 argv[1] = "Hello"
4696 argv[2] = "World!"
4697 argv[3] = "This"
4698 argv[4] = "is"
4699 argv[5] = "a"
4700 argv[6] = "test."
4701 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4702 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4707handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4708Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4709The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4710character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4711controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4714 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4715 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4716 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 => loads
4719 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4720 ~>examples/timer.srec
4721 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4722 [file transfer complete]
4723 [connected]
4724 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726 => go 40004
4727 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4728 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4729 Using timer 1
4730 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732Hit 'b':
4733 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4734 Enabling timer
4735Hit '?':
4736 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4737 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4738Hit '?':
4739 [q, b, e, ?] .
4740 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4741Hit '?':
4742 [q, b, e, ?] .
4743 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4744Hit '?':
4745 [q, b, e, ?] .
4746 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4747Hit 'e':
4748 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4749Hit 'q':
4750 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753Minicom warning:
4754================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004755
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4757"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4758consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4759Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4760especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004761use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4762http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4763for help with kermit.
4764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4767configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004768
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004769 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4770 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4771 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004772
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004773
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774NetBSD Notes:
4775=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4778(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4781NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4782need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4783Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4784attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4785missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004786
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4788 # mkdir powerpc
4789 # ln -s powerpc machine
4790 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4791 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4794and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4797stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4798proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4799tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004800meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803Implementation Internals:
4804=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4807implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4808inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4809hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004810
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812Initial Stack, Global Data:
4813---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4816starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4817system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4818This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4819is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4820at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4821options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4822models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4823MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4824locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004825
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004826 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004827 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4830 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4831 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4832 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004834 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4835 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4836 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4837 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4838 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004839 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4841 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4844 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004845 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4847 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4848 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4849 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004851 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4853 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004854 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4856 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4857 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4858 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4859 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004860
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 -Chris Hallinan
4862 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004863
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4865code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004866
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4868 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004869
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004870* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004871 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4872 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004873
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4875 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004876
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4878normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4879turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4880simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4881functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4882functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4883the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4884place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4885reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4888relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4889GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4892 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004893 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4895 R5-R10: parameter passing
4896 R13: small data area pointer
4897 R30: GOT pointer
4898 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004900 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4901 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4902 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004904 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004905
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4907 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4908 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4909 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4910 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4911 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004913On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004914 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4915
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004916 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004917
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920 R0: function argument word/integer result
4921 R1-R3: function argument word
4922 R9: GOT pointer
4923 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4924 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4925 R12: temporary workspace
4926 R13: stack pointer
4927 R14: link register
4928 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004929
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004932On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4933 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4934
4935 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4936
4937 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4938 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4939
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004940On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4941
4942 R0-R1: argument/return
4943 R2-R5: argument
4944 R15: temporary register for assembler
4945 R16: trampoline register
4946 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4947 R29: global pointer (GP)
4948 R30: link register (LP)
4949 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4950 PC: program counter (PC)
4951
4952 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4953
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004954NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4955or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957Memory Management:
4958------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4961MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4964controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4965memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4966physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4969TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4970booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4971to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004972memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4974Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004975
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4977of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4980this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4983 :
4984 0x0000 1FFF
4985 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4986 :
4987 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989 :
4990 :
4991 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4992 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4993 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4994 :
4995 0x00FD FFFF
4996 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4997 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4998 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4999 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002System Initialization:
5003----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005004
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005006(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5008To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5009To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5010initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5011which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5012part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5013the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5016preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5017(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5018on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5019programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5020simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5021banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5024different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5025bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
50260x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5027contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005029Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5030and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5031Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5032pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5035until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5036running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5037new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040U-Boot Porting Guide:
5041----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5044list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005047int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048{
5049 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005051 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5052 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005055 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056 return 0;
5057 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005058
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005059 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005060
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005061 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005063 if (clueless)
5064 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005065
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066 while (learning) {
5067 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005068 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5069 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005071 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005074 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5075 Buy a BDI3000;
5076 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005079 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5080 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5081 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5082 } else {
5083 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5084 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5085 }
5086 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5087 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005089 while (!accepted) {
5090 while (!running) {
5091 do {
5092 Add / modify source code;
5093 } until (compiles);
5094 Debug;
5095 if (clueless)
5096 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5097 }
5098 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5099 if (reasonable critiques)
5100 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5101 else
5102 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005103 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005104
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105 return 0;
5106}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108void no_more_time (int sig)
5109{
5110 hire_a_guru();
5111}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114Coding Standards:
5115-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005118coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005119"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005120
5121Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5122MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5123reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5124sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005126Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5127Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5128in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00005129
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5131- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005132- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005134- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5138with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Submitting Patches:
5142-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5145establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5146may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005148Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005149
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005150Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5151see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5152
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005153When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5154it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5157 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5158 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5161 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005168 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5171 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005172
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005173* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5174 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005175 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005176 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5177 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00005178
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005179 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5180 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5181 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005183 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5184 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5185 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5186 affected files).
5187
5188 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5189 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5192 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00005193
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5195 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5201 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5202 for any of the boards.
5203
5204* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5205 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5206 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5209 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5210 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5211 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5212 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5213 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005214
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005215* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5216 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5217 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5218 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.